<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nwc18</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nwc18"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Nwc18"/>
	<updated>2026-05-24T00:11:29Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809807</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809807"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:37:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* Identification of Transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Identification of Transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state is a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 on the right) and can be defined mathematically by δV(ri)/δri=0. Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0 (δV(ri)/δri=0). However, the transition state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Estimation of transition state position====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase (dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as the transition state is a local maximum on the potential energy surface the situations shown represent trajectories going down the valley from the transition state.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction trajectory (represented by the black lines on the contour plots below) is a path that can be taken by the atoms involved in a reaction. Different to a reaction path, it does not have to be either of the reactants, products or transition state configuration and is used to explore the potential energy surface of a reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path, on the other hand, is a path that connects the reactants, products and transition state.   &lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change) using the equation below.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;ΔT=−q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;v,system&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the heat capacity of the calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809789</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809789"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:31:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Identification of Transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Estimation of transition state position====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase (dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as the transition state is a local maximum on the potential energy surface the situations shown represent trajectories going down the valley from the transition state.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction trajectory (represented by the black lines on the contour plots below) is a path that can be taken by the atoms involved in a reaction. Different to a reaction path, it does not have to be either of the reactants, products or transition state configuration and is used to explore the potential energy surface of a reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path, on the other hand, is a path that connects the reactants, products and transition state.   &lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change) using the equation below.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;ΔT=−q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;v,system&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the heat capacity of the calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809763</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809763"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:21:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Identification of Transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Estimation of transition state position====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase (dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction trajectory (represented by the black lines on the contour plots below) is a path that can be taken by the atoms involved in a reaction. Different to a reaction path, it does not have to be either of the reactants, products or transition state configuration and is used to explore the potential energy surface of a reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path, on the other hand, is a path that connects the reactants, products and transition state.   &lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change) using the equation below.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;ΔT=−q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;v,system&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the heat capacity of the calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809754</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809754"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T11:16:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Identification of Transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Estimation of transition state position====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase (dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change) using the equation below.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;ΔT=−q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;v,system&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the heat capacity of the calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809432</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809432"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:48:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* PES inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Identification of Transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Estimation of transition state position====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change) using the equation below.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;ΔT=−q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;v,system&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the heat capacity of the calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809431</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809431"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:46:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* F+H2 system-Energy conservation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Identification of Transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Estimation of transition state position====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change) using the equation below.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;ΔT=−q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;v,system&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the heat capacity of the calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809430</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809430"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:45:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* F+H2 system-Energy conservation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Identification of Transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Estimation of transition state position====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change) using the equation below.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;ΔT=−q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;v,system&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809429</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809429"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:45:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* F+H2 system-Energy conservation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Identification of Transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Estimation of transition state position====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change) using the equation below.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;cal&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;ΔT=−q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;v,system&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809427</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809427"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:43:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* H + H2 system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Identification of Transition state====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Estimation of transition state position====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====MEP and Dynamic calculations of trajectories====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The reverse reaction of reactants to transition state==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809421</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809421"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:38:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition state Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809420</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809420"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:37:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2 F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and transition states of the reaction between F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and HF + H ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating activation energy for both reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809419</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809419"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:33:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809418</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809418"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:33:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 1 H + H2 system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809417</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809417"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:32:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* Polanyi&amp;#039;s empirical rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further experiments on the exothermic, early transition state, F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction can be conducted to see if translational energy is more efficient in promoting a early transition state reaction than vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809412</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809412"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:27:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2.2 Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules====&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rule states that vibrational energy is more efficient in promoting a late transition state reaction than translational energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This explains the previous experiments where the vibrational energy becomes more efficient in promoting the endothermic, late transition state, reaction of H + HF than the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809407</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809407"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:19:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Polanyi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zhang, Z. et al. (2012) ‘Theoretical study of the validity of the polanyi rules for the late-barrier Cl + CHD3 reaction’, Journal of Physical Chemistry Letters. American Chemical Society, 3(23), pp. 3416–3419. doi: 10.1021/jz301649w.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809403</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809403"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:18:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* H+HF system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two momentum are set to be acting in opposite directions so a smaller (decreasing) magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is required each time to result in a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809389</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809389"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:02:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* H+HF system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 Further determination of reactive trajectories by decreasing the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increase the value of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; shows that a small displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition requires a even smaller increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to result in a reactive trajectory. Hence, translational energy has a bigger effect on the system than the vibrational energy. However, as the displacement of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the initial condition becomes larger, the effect of vibrational energy on the system increases and overcomes the effect of translation energy. Hence, a greater increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ( compared to the increase in p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is required to result in a reactive trajectory. This is illustrated in the figures below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.40 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-16 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-15 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=4.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-14 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=7.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-12 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=11.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-9 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png&amp;diff=809386</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF contour -16 0.40.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-16_0.40.png&amp;diff=809386"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:02:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png&amp;diff=809385</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF momenta -16 0.40.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-16_0.40.png&amp;diff=809385"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:01:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png&amp;diff=809384</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF contour -15 2.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-15_2.0.png&amp;diff=809384"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:01:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png&amp;diff=809382</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF momenta -15 2.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-15_2.0.png&amp;diff=809382"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:01:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png&amp;diff=809381</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF contour -14 4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-14_4.png&amp;diff=809381"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:00:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png&amp;diff=809380</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF momenta -14 4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-14_4.png&amp;diff=809380"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:00:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png&amp;diff=809379</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF contour -12 7.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-12_7.png&amp;diff=809379"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T07:00:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png&amp;diff=809378</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF momenta -12 7.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-12_7.png&amp;diff=809378"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:59:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png&amp;diff=809377</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF contour -9 11.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-9_11.png&amp;diff=809377"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:59:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png&amp;diff=809376</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF momenta -9 11.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-9_11.png&amp;diff=809376"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:59:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809366</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809366"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:34:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2.2 Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to translational (kinetic) energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
The initial condition for a reactive trajectory of H + HF was set to AB=200 pm, BC=92 pm, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-17 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (A=H B=H C=F) This is shown in the figure below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was set to be above the activation energy to ensure that the H atom approaches HF with high enough kinetic energy to initiate the reaction and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png&amp;diff=809365</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF contour -17.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_contour_-17.png&amp;diff=809365"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:34:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png&amp;diff=809362</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 HHF momenta -17.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_HHF_momenta_-17.png&amp;diff=809362"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T06:34:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809330</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809330"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T05:40:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2.2 Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy conservation====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to kinetic energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system-Energy and reactivity====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the increase in energy of the system may increase the oscillation strength and frequency of molecules as well as increase kinetic energy of the reactants and products (proportional to magnitude of momentum) but it does not necessarily increase the chance of succession of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
====H+HF system====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809315</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809315"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:42:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2.2.2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to kinetic energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction is reactive despite the decrease in energy of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809313</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809313"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:41:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2.2.2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to kinetic energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above finding can be further proved by increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by a little in the same direction but greatly reducing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and hence reducing the overall energy of the system.  &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-1.6 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.2 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
    Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png&amp;diff=809311</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 contour 0.2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_0.2.png&amp;diff=809311"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:35:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png&amp;diff=809310</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 momenta 0.2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_0.2.png&amp;diff=809310"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:35:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809309</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809309"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:30:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2.2.2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to kinetic energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809308</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809308"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:29:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2.2.2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to kinetic energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy and momentum in the correct direction are required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=3.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=reactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_3,0.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  Overall=unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png&amp;diff=809307</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 momenta -6.1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png&amp;diff=809307"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:28:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png&amp;diff=809305</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 momenta 6.1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_6.1.png&amp;diff=809305"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:28:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png&amp;diff=809303</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 contour -3.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_-3.0.png&amp;diff=809303"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:27:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png&amp;diff=809302</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 momenta -3.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_-3.0.png&amp;diff=809302"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:27:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png&amp;diff=809300</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 momenta 0.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_0.0.png&amp;diff=809300"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:27:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png&amp;diff=809299</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 contour 0.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_0.0.png&amp;diff=809299"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:27:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png&amp;diff=809297</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 contour 3.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_3.0.png&amp;diff=809297"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:26:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png&amp;diff=809294</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 momenta 3.0.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_momenta_3.0.png&amp;diff=809294"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:26:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png&amp;diff=809292</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 contour -6.1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png&amp;diff=809292"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:25:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png&amp;diff=809291</id>
		<title>File:Nwc18 contour 6.1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nwc18_contour_6.1.png&amp;diff=809291"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:25:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809287</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809287"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:14:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2.2.1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to kinetic energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy is required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]    &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809283</id>
		<title>MRD:01502997</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01502997&amp;diff=809283"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T04:12:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nwc18: /* 2.2 Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==1 H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1 Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.1====&lt;br /&gt;
A transition state can be defined mathematically as a local maximum on a potential energy surface diagram (see figure1 and figure2 &lt;br /&gt;
on the right). Both the transition state (local maximum on potential energy surface) and the reactants/products (local minimum on &lt;br /&gt;
potential energy surface) can be represented by when the first derivative of potential energy equals to 0. However, the transition &lt;br /&gt;
state can be distinguished from the reactants or products using the second derivative of potential energy. When the second &lt;br /&gt;
derivative is less than 0, this represents a local maximum and so the transition state. On the other hand, a second derivative &lt;br /&gt;
greater than 0 corresponds to a local minimum, therefore the reactants or products. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_Surface_Plot_at_TS.png|thumb|Figure1-Potential Energy Surface Diagram of this reaction. Transition state represented by the black dot.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 contour plot at TS.png|thumb|Figure2-Counter plot showing Transition state at the red cross.]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
An estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) for the reaction between H and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be when all three &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen atoms are 90.775 pm apart. At this position the force acting in either directions to form or dissociate a hydrogen &lt;br /&gt;
hydrogen bond is close to 0. Hence, the distance between the atoms does not change with time and can be seen from figure3 on the &lt;br /&gt;
right.   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18 Internuclear distance agaisnt time plot.png|thumb|Figure3-A Internuclear distance against time plot at transition state postion]]&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.3====&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path (MEP) also known as the reaction path is, in this case, the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to form H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; that requires the minimal amount of energy. Calculations &lt;br /&gt;
show that this is the collinear approach of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom along the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure4 and Figure5 on the right shows the change in internuclear distance with time of the MEP after transition state and when &lt;br /&gt;
masses of the atoms  with there movement in gaseous phase(dynamics) are taken into account respectively. When calculated using MEP &lt;br /&gt;
the graph shows smooth lines that corresponds to no vibration in the atoms whilst the dynamic calculation shows an oscillatory &lt;br /&gt;
behaviour due to the vibration of the atoms. This atomic vibration is greatest within the atoms forming the new bonds as free atoms &lt;br /&gt;
exhibit more translational than vibrational movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillating behaviour is only seen when masses of the atoms are taken into account, such as in the dynamic calculation, as this corresponds to the present of both kinetic and potential energy. Hence, as the atoms in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates the energy is constantly inter-converting between kinetic and potential energy. When considering MEP calculations however, the masses of the atoms and so potential energy are not taken into account. Hence, the smooth curves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the plateau of the curves at around 194 pm representing H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) distance as well as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance suggests that the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; formed after the reaction stoped moving away from each other at 195 pm. This is different to the dynamic calculation where the newly formed products moved away from each other infinitely due to the potential energy being converted into kinetic energy of the products and can be shown by the exponential curves representing r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.4==== &lt;br /&gt;
Below shows the internuclear distance against time(left) and momenta against time(right) plot. The top figures represents the reformation of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; after the transition state was reached and the atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; moving further apart with time. The bottom figures represents the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; being approached by atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and eventually forming the transition state. The two distance against time graph are mirror images of each other and the momenta against time graphs are 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; rotations (C&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; symmetry) of each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By putting the bottom and top reaction animations together. A trajectory of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approaching H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;b&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, forming a transition state then reforming the initial reactants which rebound from each other can be seen. This suggests that no reaction has taken place as the transition state exerts momentum towards the reactant.   &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_distant_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_r2+1_momenta_plot.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
      [[File:Nwc18_reverse_distance_plot.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_reverse_momenta_plot.png|300px]]   &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_MEP.png|thumb|Figure4-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using MEP]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_dynamics.png|thumb|Figure5-Internuclear distance against time plot calculated using Dyamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
Summary of reactive and unreactive trajectories&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&amp;amp;nbsp;g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.56 || -5.1  ||414.280 ||Reactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation.||[[File:Nwc18_table1.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -4.1  ||420.077 ||Unreactive ||H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; without enough energy to reach the transition state and so does not result in a reaction but stays as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; which moved away from each other after the approach.||[[File:Nwc18_table2.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1  || -5.1  ||413.977 ||Reactive ||This is the same as the first case where H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and forms the stable products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state.The products moved away from each other after the reaction. An oscillatory behaviour can be seen as AB distance increases from 75 pm suggesting that  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bind has broken and the vibration of the release H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is causing this oscillation. However, as the molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; started with a larger momentum compared to case 1 the atoms within the molecule is oscillation more. Hence, the presence of an oscillating behaviour before approaching the transition state. ||[[File:Nwc18_table3.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.1 ||357.277 ||Unreactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table4.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1  || -10.6 ||349.477 ||Reactive ||Barrier Recrossing. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; approached H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; with enough energy to form the products H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; via the transition state. However, the products formed with excess energy then reacted to reform the reactants which reacted again, with enough energy, to form the products that finally moved away from each other after the reformation. ||[[File:Nwc18_table5.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: Not all trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) would be reactive. As shown in the table above, trajectories with a momenta (kinetic energy) too high may result in the reformation of the reactants in order to dissipate the excess energy. This may not react again to form the products if the reactants no longer have enough energy to react. Hence, it is crucial to have the right amount of kinetic energy for a reaction to proceed successfully.    &lt;br /&gt;
Also, having a greater kinetic energy and hence total energy does not guarantee the succession of the reaction if the same starting position is not kept as H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; may not be approaching  H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;- H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the direction (along the bond) which results in the MEP. Hence, more energy may be required to overcome the activation barrier and form stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory (TST) separates the reaction into two regions, the reactant region and the product region, by the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; When applying TST to potential energy surfaces a few assumptions apply:&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Born-Oppenheimer approximation applies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Quantum-tunnelling negligible &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. The energies of atoms in the reactant region are Boltzmann distributed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. System that has reached transition state with momentum towards the product configuration will not reenter the reactant region&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as discussed in section 1.2.1, products formed with enough energy can react to reform reactants by barrier recrossing and so reenter the reactant region. Hence, the TST overestimates reaction rates and calculations will result in rate values greater than the experimental rate values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 PES inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; forming a new F-H bond is exothermic whilst the reaction between H-F and H forming a new H-H bond is endothermic. This is due to the H-F bond (565 kJ/mol) &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; being stronger and so requiring more energy to break compared to the H-H bond( 432 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;. More energy is also released when the stronger H-F bond is formed compared to the H-H bond. Hence, an overall energy is given out during the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and an overall energy is required for the reaction between H-F and H. This can be seen in the Figures below (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; on the left and F-H + H on the right) where A represents the F atom and B/C represents the H atoms.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_F+H2_surface_plot3.png|300px]]   [[File:Nwc18_FH+H_surface_plot3.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
Both plot may seem to be the same but the figure on the left representing F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; happened in the direction where AB decreases (right to left) Whilst the figure on the right representing F-H + H happened in the direction where AB distance increases. Hence, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph) for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is higher than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph). This indicates an exothermic reaction where the excess energy from the reactant is given off to the surrounding. On the other hand, the reactant energy (represented by the local minimum on the left of the graph) for the reaction F-H + H is lower than the product energy (represented by the local minimum on the right of the graph). This indicates an endothermic reaction where extra energy is required from the surrounding to allow the occurrence/initiation of the reaction.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is located at AB (where F=A, H=B and H=C) distance of approximately 181.104 pm and BC distance of approximately 74.488 pm.(shown by the red cross in figure6 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_F+H2_2.png|thumb|center|Figure6 Position of transition state of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state of the reaction between F-H and H is located at AB distance (where A/B=H and C=F) of approximately 74.488 pm and BC distance of approximately 181.104 pm. (shown by the red cross in figure7 below) &lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_TS_FH+H.png|thumb|center|Figure7 position of transition state of HF + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.2====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy of an reaction is the energy difference between transitions state and the reactant. Hence, the activation energy can be calculated for both system from the transition state energy that was determined to be -433.981 kJ/mol and their reactant energy which can be determined from a energy against time plot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition energy for both reactions are the same as the transition state are the same for both reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the exothermic reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -434.364 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+434.364=)0.383 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_exothermic2.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_exothermic.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
    A=F B=H C=H&lt;br /&gt;
For the endothermic reaction between HF and H the reactant energy was found from the figures below to be -560.435 kJ/mol. The activation energy is therefore (-433.981+560.435=) 126.454 kJ/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
    [[File:Nwc18_Energy_plot_endothermic.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_contour_plot_endothermic2.png|300px]] &lt;br /&gt;
    The figure on the left represents the energy vs time plot and the figure on the right represents the contour plot which shows &lt;br /&gt;
    the reaction going in the direction that forms the reactants from the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
    A=H B=H C=F&lt;br /&gt;
The calculated activation energies confirm that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction and HF + H is an endothermic reaction due to the reasons explained in 2.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_initial_conditions.png|thumb|Figure8 a reactive trajectory for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_momenta.png|thumb|Figure9 momenta vs time graph for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nwc18_ex2_animation2.png|thumb|Figure10 Animation of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 below shows a reactive trajectory for the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; where the initial conditions were set to AB=181 pm and BC=74 pm. (where A=F B=H C=H) The initial momentum were set to 0 g.pm/mol/fs for both reactant. This initial condition was used as it is close to the conditions of the transition state which resembles the reactant but not exactly the same as the conditions of the transition state so forces required to initiate the reaction is not 0. As the momentum are set to 0 the kinetic energies of the reactants are also 0.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure8 shows the reaction started with little oscillatory behaviour which effect increased as the reaction progress to form the products. This behaviour can be explained by Figure9 where the initial vibrational (potential) energy of molecule H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was converted to kinetic energy constantly (due to conservation of energy) causing one of the H atom to approach F and to exert van der waals forces on each other. This attractive force between the atoms caused further conversion of more of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrational energy to its kinetic energy. Eventually, the attractive forces between the H and F atom became large enough to overcome the H-H bond strength and so the H-H bond break and H-F bond form. Some of the original vibrational energy of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; converted to kinetic energy were then converted to the vibrational energy of HF. The rest of the original vibrational energy were converted to the kinetic energy of the H atom released and so the H atom moves away from the HF molecule formed. &lt;br /&gt;
The increase in amplitude of the momentum of both A-B (HF) and B-C (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) suggests that vibrational energy are converted to kinetic energy due to the conservation of energy as only vibrational energy was present before the start of the reaction. The effect of the conversion, and so amount of energy converted, became significant before 200 fs when the reaction has started. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The animation (figure9 and figure10) of the reaction is also a good demonstration for this.         &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The release of the reaction energy could be confirmed experimentally using bomb calorimetry. The calorimeter used is an isochronic system that measures the change in internal energy in the form of heat (temperature change).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.2====&lt;br /&gt;
When introducing an initial momentum to the reactants and hence, putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration the reaction does not always end up forming the products (depending on the amount of extra energy put in). However, it may form products as an intermediate with high enough energy to react and reform the reactants. This effect is demonstrated in the figures below. Therefore, a right amount of energy is required for the reaction to proceed and end up on the product side.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    The initial distance between AB and BC are kept the same as in 2.2.1 but p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; varied from -6.1 to 6.1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
    p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-6.1g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;[[File:Nwc18_contour_-6.1.png|300px]] [[File:Nwc18_momenta_-6.1.png|300px]]    &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Atkins&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Atkins, P. W. (1940) Chapter 18 Reaction dynamics. &#039;&#039;Atkins&#039; Physical chemistry&#039;&#039;. Eleventh edition. Oxford, United Kingdom : Oxford University Press 2018. ISBN 9780191092183 ; ISBN 9780198769866.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;TST&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bligaard, T. and Nørskov, J. K. (2008) ‘Heterogeneous catalysis’, in Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces. Elsevier, pp. 255–321. doi: 10.1016/B978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Bond_Strength&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Covalent Bond Strengths | Grandinetti Group (no date). Available at: https://www.grandinetti.org/covalent-bond-strengths (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Calorimetry&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Bomb Calorimetry (no date). Available at: https://ch301.cm.utexas.edu/section2.php?target=thermo%2Fthermochemistry%2Fbomb-calorim.html (Accessed: 21 May 2020).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nwc18</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>